blob: 01aa92a53276c8b50335aa203056862d19cf848f [file] [log] [blame]
Aliaksei Budavei23079452024-09-19 18:22:58 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Sep 18
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
Ughur Alakbarov7c8bbc62024-08-31 16:12:39 +0200182 mkdir -p ~/.vim/after/syntax
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000183
1843. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
185 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
186 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
187
1884. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
189 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
190 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
191
192That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
193different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
194
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000195If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
196All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
197 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
199
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000200
201REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
202
203If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
204version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
205that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200206Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
207b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000208
209
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100210NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
211
212A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
213thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
214A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
215
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200216The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
217digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
218However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
219length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000220
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100221To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000222be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
223These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
224you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
225
226 *Comment any comment
227
228 *Constant any constant
229 String a string constant: "this is a string"
230 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
231 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
232 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
233 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
234
235 *Identifier any variable name
236 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
237
238 *Statement any statement
239 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
240 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
241 Label case, default, etc.
242 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
243 Keyword any other keyword
244 Exception try, catch, throw
245
246 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
247 Include preprocessor #include
248 Define preprocessor #define
249 Macro same as Define
250 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
251
252 *Type int, long, char, etc.
253 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
254 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
255 Typedef A typedef
256
257 *Special any special symbol
258 SpecialChar special character in a constant
259 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
260 Delimiter character that needs attention
261 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
262 Debug debugging statements
263
264 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
265
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200266 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000267
268 *Error any erroneous construct
269
270 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
271 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
272
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100273 *Added added line in a diff
274 *Changed changed line in a diff
275 *Removed removed line in a diff
276
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000277The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
278For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
279The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
280highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
281after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
282
283Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
284can be used for the same group.
285
286The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
287 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
288
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200289 *hl-Ignore*
290When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
291mechanism. See |conceal|.
292
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000293==============================================================================
2943. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
295
296This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
297issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
298located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
299
300":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
301
302 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
303 |
304 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
305 |
306 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
307 | |
308 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
309 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
310 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
311 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
312 | | set yet.
313 | |
314 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
315 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
316 | |
317 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
318 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
319 |
320 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
321 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
322 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
323 | |
324 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
325 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
326 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
327 | |
328 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
329 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
330 | | *synload-4*
331 | |
332 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
333 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
334 | |
335 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
336 |
337 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
338 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
339 |
340 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
341 already loaded buffer.
342
343
344Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
345
346 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
347 |
348 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
349 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
350 | option is set to the file type.
351 |
352 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
353 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
354 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
355 | |
356 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
357 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
358 | |
359 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
360 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
361 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
362 |
363 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
364 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
365 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
366 |
367 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
368 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
369 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
370 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
371 |
372 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
373 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
374 syntax.
375
376==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003774. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000378
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003792html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200380window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000381
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200382After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
383colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
384|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
385or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200386|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
387in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200388
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
390Source the script to convert the current file: >
391
392 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
393<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200394Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
395options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
396the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
397|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000398
399Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200400- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000401- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200402- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100403 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
404 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000405
406Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
407Unix shell: >
408 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
409<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200410 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
411To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
412command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
413and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
414
415 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
416 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
417 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
418<
419 *:TOhtml*
420:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
421 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200422 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
423 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
424 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
425 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200426
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200427 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
428 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
429 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
430 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
431 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
432 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
433 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
434 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200435
436 Examples: >
437
438 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
439 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
440 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
441<
442 *g:html_diff_one_file*
443Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200444When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
445page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4461, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200447Example: >
448
449 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
450<
451 *g:html_whole_filler*
452Default: 0.
453When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
454is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
455of inserted lines.
456When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
457not set.
458>
459 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
460<
461 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
462Default: 0.
463When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4642html.vim conversion process.
465When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
466but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
467files it can take a long time!
468Example: >
469
470 let g:html_no_progress = 1
471<
472You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
473run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
474moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
475
476 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
477<
478Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
479need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
480conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
481script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
482specifying each command separately.
483
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100484 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
485When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
486as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
487current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
488have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
489differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
490your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
491
492 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
493<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200494 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100495Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200496When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
497When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
498highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
499Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
500 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
501Force to omit the line numbers: >
502 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
503Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
504 :unlet g:html_number_lines
505<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100506 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200507Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
508When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
509inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
510takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
511pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
512view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200513(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200514javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
515For example: >
516
517 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
518 page.html#123 does the same
519
520 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
521 diff.html#42 does the same
522<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200523 *g:html_use_css*
524Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100525When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
526browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200527When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
528recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
529forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
530Example: >
531 :let g:html_use_css = 0
532<
533 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
534Default: 0.
535When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
536from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
537value of 'conceallevel'.
538When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
539|conceal|ed.
540
541Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
542included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
543 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
544 :setl conceallevel=0
545<
546 *g:html_ignore_folding*
547Default: 0.
548When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
549Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
550the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
551When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
552text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
553
554Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
555in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
556 zR
557 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
558<
559 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
560Default: 0.
561When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
562When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
563in Vim.
564
565Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
566regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
567
568This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
569>
570 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
571<
572 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
573Default: 0.
574When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
575Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
576open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
577'foldcolumn' setting.
578When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
579folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
580>
581 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
582<
583 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100584Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200585This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
586when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
587for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
588line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
589affected in this way as follows:
590 f: fold column
591 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
592 t: fold text
593 d: diff filler
594
595Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
596 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
597<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100598The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
599of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
600
601 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500602Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100603If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
604
605When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
606uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
607selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
608pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
609invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100610Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100611browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
612
613When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
614older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
615<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
616to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
617number of browsers, both old and new.
618
619When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
620generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
621Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
622the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
623standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200624
625 *g:html_no_invalid*
626Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100627When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
628not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
629element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
630in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
631paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
632invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
633<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
634remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200635
636 *g:html_hover_unfold*
637Default: 0.
638When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
639|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
640When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
641cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
642disabled javascript to view the folded text.
643
644Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
645feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
646normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
647they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
648>
649 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
650<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200651 *g:html_id_expr*
652Default: ""
653Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
654to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
655longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
656evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
657so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
658larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
659
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000660 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200661<
662To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
663
664 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
665<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100666Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200667evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
668windows.
669
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200670 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100671Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200672When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
673not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
674When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
675used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
676window.
677Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
678 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
679Explicitly disable wrapping: >
680 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
681Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
682 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
683<
684 *g:html_no_pre*
685Default: 0.
686When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
687tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
688characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
689When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
690used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
691references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
692text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
693old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
694the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
695>
696 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
697<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100698 *g:html_no_doc*
699Default: 0.
700When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
701<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
702define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
703settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
704
705
706 *g:html_no_links*
707Default: 0.
708Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
709
710 *g:html_no_modeline*
711Default: 0.
712Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
713
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200714 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100715Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
716 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
717 1 otherwise.
718When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200719number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100720When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200721are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
722allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
723the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
724indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
725
726Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
727 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
728<
729Force tabs to be expanded: >
730 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
731<
732 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
733It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
734|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
735
736If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
737for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
738'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
739set to match the chosen document encoding.
740
741Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
742|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
743wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
744encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
745below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
746
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100747Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200748the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
749
750 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
752
753 *g:html_use_encoding*
754Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
755To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
756name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
757something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
758webserver: >
759 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
760You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
761entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
762 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
763To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
764variable: >
765 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
766<
767 *g:html_encoding_override*
768Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
769 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
770This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
771specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
772list of conversions.
773
774This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
775pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
776
777Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
778 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
779<
780 *g:html_charset_override*
781Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
782 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
783 browser support.
784This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
785'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
786use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
787TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
788and UTF-32 instead, use: >
789 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
790
791Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
792compatibility problems with some major browsers.
793
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200794 *g:html_font*
795Default: "monospace"
796You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
797g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
798surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
799item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
800way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
801result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
802Examples: >
803
804 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
805 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
806
807 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
808 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
809<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200810 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
811Default: 0.
812When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
813When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
814>
815 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
816<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100817==============================================================================
8185. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
819
820 *b:current_syntax-variable*
821Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
822"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
823settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
824 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
825 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
826 :au BufReadPost * endif
827
828
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000829
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000830ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000831
832ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
833any value to the respective variable. Example: >
834 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
835To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
836 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
837
838Variable Highlight ~
839abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
840abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
841
842
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000843ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000844
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000845See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000846
847
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000848ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000849
850The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000851by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000852by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000853and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000854
855 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
856
857will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
858
859 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
860 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
861 ]]></script>
862
863See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
864
865
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000866APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000867
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100868The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
869version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000870
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
872 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000873ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
874 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000875
876Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
877doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
878startup vimrc: >
879 :let filetype_i = "asm"
880Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
881
882There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
883extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
884line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
885files are included:
886 asm GNU assembly (the default)
887 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
888 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
889 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
890 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
891 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
892 nasm Netwide assembly
893 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
894 MMX)
895 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
896
897The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100898 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000899Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100900one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200901immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
902equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
903between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
904particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
905highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000906
907The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
908b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000909 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000910
911If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
912the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
913language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000914 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000915
916As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
917
918
919Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
920
921To enable a feature: >
922 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
923To disable a feature: >
924 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
925
926Variable Highlight ~
927nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
928 (parser dependent; not recommended)
929nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
930nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
931
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200932ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
933
934Configuration
935
936The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +0200937You can add them to your .vimrc.
938
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200939To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200940 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
941<
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200942To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200943 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
944<
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200945NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
946
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000947
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200948ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
949ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000950
951*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
952hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
953using. For Perl script use: >
954 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
955 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
956For Visual Basic use: >
957 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
958 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
959
AvidSeeker3088ef02024-07-16 21:39:07 +0200960ASYMPTOTE *asy.vim* *ft-asy-syntax*
961
962By default, only basic Asymptote keywords are highlighted. To highlight
963extended geometry keywords: >
964
965 :let g:asy_syn_plain = 1
966
967and for highlighting keywords related to 3D constructions: >
968
969 :let g:asy_syn_three = 1
970
971By default, Asymptote-defined colors (e.g: lightblue) are highlighted. To
972highlight TeX-defined colors (e.g: BlueViolet) use: >
973
974 :let g:asy_syn_texcolors = 1
975
976or for Xorg colors (e.g: AliceBlue): >
977
978 :let g:asy_syn_x11colors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000979
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000980BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000981
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200982The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000983for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
984are supported.
985
986Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
987in ones |.vimrc|: >
988 let baan_code_stds=1
989
990*baan-folding*
991
992Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
993mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
994source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
995
996To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
997 let baan_fold=1
998Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
999indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
1000considered equal to a tab). >
1001 let baan_fold_block=1
1002Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001003SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001004match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
1005 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001006Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001007the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
1008.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
1009 set foldminlines=5
1010 set foldnestmax=6
1011
1012
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001013BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001014
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001015Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001016which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
1017five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1018otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1019Basic.
1020
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001021If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1022example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1023 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1024
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001025
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001026C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001027
1028A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001029(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001030 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001031 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1032To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001033 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001034Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001035
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001036An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1037 :set filetype=cpp
1038
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001039Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001040*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1041*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001042*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1043*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001044*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1045*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1046*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001047 ...except { and } in first column
1048 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1049 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001050*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1051 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001052*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001053*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001054*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1055*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001056*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001057 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001058*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1059*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1060*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1061*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1062*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001063*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1064*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001065
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001066When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1067become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1068 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001069"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1070 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001071
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001072If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1073when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1074to a larger number: >
1075 :let c_minlines = 100
1076This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1077displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1078disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1079
1080When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1081works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1082you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1083
1084To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1085Example: >
1086 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1087 :function MyCadd()
1088 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1089 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1090 : hi link cMyItem Title
1091 :endfun
1092
1093ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1094"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1095not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1096highlighting: >
1097 :hi link cConstant NONE
1098
1099If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1100highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1101
1102If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001103in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001104~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001105 syn sync fromstart
1106 set foldmethod=syntax
1107
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001108CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001109
1110C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1111the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1112
1113By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1114of C or C++: >
1115 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1116
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001117
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001118CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001119
1120Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1121that are available. Additionally there is:
1122
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001123chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1124chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1125chill_minlines like c_minlines
1126
1127
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001128CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001129
1130ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1131If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1132 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1133This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1134"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1135file).
1136
1137You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1138 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1139Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1140 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1141This works immediately.
1142
1143
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001144CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1145
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001146 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1147
1148Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1149but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1150|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1151syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001152>
1153 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001154 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1155 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001156 \ }
1157<
1158Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1159
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001160There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1161this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1162dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001163
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001164By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1165"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1166namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001167
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001168
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001169 *g:clojure_fold*
1170
1171Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1172list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1173the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1174
1175
1176 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1177
1178Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1179reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001180>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001181 #_(defn foo [x]
1182 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001183<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001184Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1185(e.g. `#_#_`).
1186
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001187
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001188COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001189
1190COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1191development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1192versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1193add this line to your .vimrc: >
1194 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1195To disable it again, use this: >
1196 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1197
1198
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001199COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001200
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001201The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001202comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1203
1204 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1205
1206The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1207
1208
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001209CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1210
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001211Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001212
1213Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001214cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001215cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001216cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1217cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001218
1219
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001220CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001221
1222This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1223used.
1224
1225Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1226symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1227between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001228"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1229>
1230 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001231
1232For using tcsh: >
1233
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001234 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001235
1236Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1237tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001238will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001239"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1240variable.
1241
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001242CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
1243
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001244If you change the delimiter of a CSV file, its syntax highlighting will no
1245longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the following
1246variable: >
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001247
1248 :unlet b:csv_delimiter
1249
1250And afterwards save and reload the file: >
1251
1252 :w
1253 :e
1254
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001255Now the syntax engine should determine the newly changed CSV delimiter.
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001256
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001257
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001258CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001259
1260Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001261hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001262or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001263normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001264line to your .vimrc file: >
1265
1266 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1267
1268Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1269
1270 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1271
1272To disable these again, use this: >
1273
1274 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1275 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1276<
1277
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001278CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001279
1280Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1281doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1282startup vimrc: >
1283 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1284
1285
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001286DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1287
1288Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1289used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1290a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1291from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1292
1293More information about the language and its development environment at the
1294official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1295
1296dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1297type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1298and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1299framework.
1300
1301Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1302
1303https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1304
1305
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001306DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001307
1308Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001309according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001310https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1311To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1312 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1313Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1314To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1315 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1316g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001317
1318
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001319DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001320
1321The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1322there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1323
1324 :let diff_translations = 0
1325
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001326Also see |diff-slow|.
1327
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001328DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001329
1330The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1331provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1332the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1333versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1334uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1335line to your startup file: >
1336 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1337
1338
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001339DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001340DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1341DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001342
1343There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1344are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1345automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1346defaults to XML.
1347You can set the type manually: >
1348 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1349or: >
1350 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1351You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1352Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1353 :set filetype=docbksgml
1354or: >
1355 :set filetype=docbkxml
1356
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001357You can specify the DocBook version: >
1358 :let docbk_ver = 3
1359When not set 4 is used.
1360
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001361
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001362DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001363
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001364Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1365supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1366NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1367and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001368Select the version you want with the following line: >
1369
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001370 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001371
1372If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001373Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001374
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001375The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1376alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1377current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1378inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1379Stack Overflow -
1380
1381https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1382
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001383To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1384Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1385anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001386
1387 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1388
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001389If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1390block will be highlighted as an error.
1391
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001392There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001393"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1394is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001395
1396 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1397
1398If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1399
1400
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001401DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1402
1403Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001404(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1405idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001406
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001407There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1408explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1409Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001410 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1411or >
1412 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1413
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001414It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1415the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1416adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001417 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1418
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001419There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1420and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001421
1422Variable Default Effect ~
1423g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1424g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1425 doxygen comments.
1426
1427doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1428 and html_my_rendering underline.
1429
1430doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1431 colour highlighting.
1432
1433doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001434 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001435
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001436There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001437configuration.
1438
1439Highlight Effect ~
1440doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1441 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1442doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1443 \endlink from a \link section.
1444
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001445
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001446DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001447
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001448The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001449case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1450
1451 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1452
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001453The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001454this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1455
1456 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1457
1458before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1459Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1460'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1461Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1462highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001463delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001464
1465 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1466
1467The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1468
1469
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001470EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001471
1472While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001473syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1474highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001475highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1476
1477 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1478
1479Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1480
1481Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1482
1483 :let eiffel_strict=1
1484 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1485
1486Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1487five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1488"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1489
1490Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1491guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1492lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1493
1494If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1495"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1496
1497 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1498
1499instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1500
1501Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1502experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1503
1504 :let eiffel_ise=1
1505
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001506Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001507
1508 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1509
1510to your startup file.
1511
1512
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001513EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1514
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001515Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001516version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001517Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1518
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001519Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1520still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1521Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001522
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001523The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1524
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001525 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1526 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1527
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001528To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001529auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1530add the following line to your startup file: >
1531
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001532 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001533
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001534< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001535
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001536 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1537
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001538Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001539specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1540file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1541filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1542Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001543
1544
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001545ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001546
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001547Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001548the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001549
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001550The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1551put the following line in your vimrc: >
1552
1553 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1554
1555To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1556
1557 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001558
1559
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001560ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1561
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001562Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1563maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001564
1565The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1566
1567 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1568
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001569Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001570specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1571file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1572filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1573Elixir.
1574
1575
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001576FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1577
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001578FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1579http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001580NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001581development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001582
1583Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1584syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1585editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1586start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1587'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1588(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1589and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1590
1591If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1592move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1593 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1594
1595
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001596FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001597
1598The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1599modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001600following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001601J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1602
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001603If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001604redefine the following syntax groups:
1605
1606 - formConditional
1607 - formNumber
1608 - formStatement
1609 - formHeaderStatement
1610 - formComment
1611 - formPreProc
1612 - formDirective
1613 - formType
1614 - formString
1615
1616Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1617directives per default in the same syntax group.
1618
1619A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001620header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001621this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1622
1623 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1624
1625The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001626gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001627conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1628
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001629Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1630should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1631the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1632
1633If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1634example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1635 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1636
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001637
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001638FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1639
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001640Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1641be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1642edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1643 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001644 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1645
1646
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001647FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001648
1649Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001650Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1651choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16522023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
165390, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1654respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001655items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001656
1657The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1658fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1659the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001660
1661Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001662Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001663syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1664
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001665When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001666form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001667 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001668in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1669source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001670 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1671in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1672
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001673If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1674extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1675file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1676will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1677on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001678
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001679When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001680source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001681fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1682neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001683determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1684using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1685compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001686free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1687different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1688script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1689no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1690fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1691In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1692the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1693happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1694columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1695file.
1696
1697Vendor extensions ~
1698Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1699script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1700created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1701characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1702with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001703 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001704placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1705
1706If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1707set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1708 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1709placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1710
1711To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1712intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1713command such as >
1714 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1715placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001716
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001717Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001718Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001719fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001720Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001721using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001722variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1723 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001724placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001725mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1726
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001727Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001728Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1729fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001730 :let fortran_fold=1
1731to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1732is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001733subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1734units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1735constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1736fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001737 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001738then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001739select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1740be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001741
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001742The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1743comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1744non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1745or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001746items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001747
1748Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001749Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1750strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001751because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1752
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001753For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001754|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001755
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001756FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1757
1758FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1759dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1760for how to select the correct dialect.
1761
1762Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1763
1764Variable Highlight ~
1765*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1766*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1767*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1768*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1769
1770
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001771
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001772FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001773
1774In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1775the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1776appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1777patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1778number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1779
1780For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1781as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1782
1783 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1784 \ set filetype=fvwm
1785
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001786GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001787
1788The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1789the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1790is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1791are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1792
1793 htmlString
1794 htmlValue
1795 htmlEndTag
1796 htmlTag
1797 htmlTagN
1798
1799Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1800java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1801group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1802correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1803to the contains clause.
1804
1805The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1806group to make them easier to see.
1807
1808
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001809GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001810
1811The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001812under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001813of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1814filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1815(see |filetype.txt|).
1816
1817
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001818HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001819
1820The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001821Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001822syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1823
1824If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1825light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1826 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1827To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1828add: >
1829 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1830To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1831 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1832And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1833 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1834If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1835your .vimrc: >
1836 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1837
1838The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1839directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001840directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1841operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001842as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1843 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1844
1845The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1846automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1847TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001848or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001849in your .vimrc >
1850 :let lhs_markup = none
1851for no highlighting at all, or >
1852 :let lhs_markup = tex
1853to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1854For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1855this variable, so e.g. >
1856 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001857will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001858set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1859loading a file.
1860
1861
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001862HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001863
1864The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1865
1866The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1867This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001868closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1869are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001870
1871Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1872names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1873makes it easy to spot errors
1874
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001875Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001876names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1877
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001878Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001879are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1880text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1881while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001882only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001883<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001884
1885If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1886following syntax groups:
1887
1888 - htmlBold
1889 - htmlBoldUnderline
1890 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1891 - htmlUnderline
1892 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1893 - htmlItalic
1894 - htmlTitle for titles
1895 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1896
1897To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1898of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1899following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1900are read during initialization) >
1901 :let html_my_rendering=1
1902
1903If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1904http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1905
1906You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1907vimrc file: >
1908 :let html_no_rendering=1
1909
Christian Brabandtdf9f67e2024-07-30 20:19:15 +02001910By default Vim synchronises the syntax to 250 lines before the first displayed
1911line. This can be configured using: >
1912 :let html_minlines = 500
1913<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001914HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1915details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1916However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001917ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001918 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1919
1920JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1921'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001922programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1923currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001924
1925Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1926
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001927There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1928written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001929following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1930(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001931>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001932 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1933 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1934
1935Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1936the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1937
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001938 *html-folding*
1939The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1940and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1941
1942 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1943 :set foldmethod=syntax
1944
1945Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1946especially for large files.
1947
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001948
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +02001949HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001950
1951The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1952
1953Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1954doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1955this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1956different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1957 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1958
1959Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1960
1961Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1962signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1963a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1964 :set syntax=htmlos
1965
1966Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1967block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1968
1969
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001970IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001971
1972Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1973how to recognize this filetype.
1974
1975To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1976 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1977
1978
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001979INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001980
1981Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1982most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1983to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1984 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1985
1986By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1987and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1988you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1989need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1990 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1991
1992This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1993set of highlighted system functions.
1994
1995The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1996it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1997by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1998startup sequence: >
1999 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
2000
2001By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
2002version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
2003Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
2004startup sequence: >
2005 :let inform_highlight_old=1
2006
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002007IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
2008
2009IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
2010Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
2011
2012IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
2013rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002014repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002015
2016There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
2017are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
2018
2019The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
2020
2021Variable Effect ~
2022
2023idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
2024 extensions
2025idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
2026idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
2027 quite helpful)
2028idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
2029
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002030
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002031JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002032
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002033The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002034
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002035In Java 1.0.2, it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
2036flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1, this is possible (with anonymous
2037classes); and, therefore, is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2038old way, put the following line into your Vim startup file: >
2039 :let g:java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002040
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002041All (exported) public types declared in `java.lang` are always automatically
2042imported and available as simple names. To highlight them, use: >
2043 :let g:java_highlight_java_lang_ids = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002044
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002045You can also highlight types of most standard Java packages if you download
2046the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html. If you
2047prefer to only highlight types of a certain package, say `java.io`, use the
2048following: >
2049 :let g:java_highlight_java_io = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002050Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2051
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002052Headers of indented function declarations can be highlighted (along with parts
2053of lambda expressions and method reference expressions), but it depends on how
2054you write Java code. Two formats are recognized:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002055
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +020020561) If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002057a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set one
2058of >
2059 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent"
2060 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent1"
2061 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent2"
2062 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent3"
2063 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent4"
2064 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent5"
2065 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent6"
2066 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent7"
2067 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent8"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002068Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002069
20702) However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and types
2071are supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is
2072any amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002073 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "style"
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002074
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002075In addition, you can combine any value of "g:java_highlight_functions" with >
2076 :let g:java_highlight_signature = 1
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02002077to have the name of a function with its parameter list parens distinctly
2078highlighted from its type parameters, return type, and formal parameters; and
2079to have the parameter list parens of a lambda expression with its arrow
2080distinctly highlighted from its formal parameters or identifiers.
2081
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002082If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want headers of
2083function declarations to be highlighted, modify the current syntax definitions
2084or compose new ones.
2085
2086Higher-order function types can be hard to parse by eye, so uniformly toning
2087down some of their components may be of value. Provided that such type names
2088conform to the Java naming guidelines, you may arrange it with >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002089 :let g:java_highlight_generics = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002090
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002091In Java 1.1, the functions `System.out.println()` and `System.err.println()`
2092should only be used for debugging. Consider adding the following definition
2093in your startup file: >
2094 :let g:java_highlight_debug = 1
2095to have the bulk of those statements colored as
2096 *Debug debugging statements,
2097and to make some of their own items further grouped and linked:
2098 *Special as DebugSpecial,
2099 *String as DebugString,
2100 *Boolean as DebugBoolean,
2101 *Type as DebugType,
2102which are used for special characters appearing in strings, strings proper,
2103boolean literals, and special instance references (`super`, `this`, `null`),
2104respectively.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002105
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002106Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2107creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002108similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add JavaScript and CSS
2109inside this code (see below). The HTML rendering diverges as follows:
2110 1. The first sentence (all characters up to the first period `.`, which is
2111 followed by a whitespace character or a line terminator, or up to the
2112 first block tag, e.g. `@param`, `@return`) is colored as
2113 *SpecialComment special comments.
2114 2. The text is colored as
2115 *Comment comments.
2116 3. HTML comments are colored as
2117 *Special special symbols.
2118 4. The standard Javadoc tags (`@code`, `@see`, etc.) are colored as
2119 *Special special symbols
2120 and some of their arguments are colored as
2121 *Function function names.
2122To turn this feature off, add the following line to your startup file: >
2123 :let g:java_ignore_javadoc = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002124
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002125If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above, you can
2126also turn on special highlighting for JavaScript, Visual Basic scripts, and
2127embedded CSS (stylesheets). This only makes sense if any of these languages
2128actually appear in Javadoc comments. The variables to use are >
2129 :let g:java_javascript = 1
2130 :let g:java_css = 1
2131 :let g:java_vb = 1
2132Note that these three variables are maintained in the HTML syntax file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002133
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002134Numbers and strings can be recognized in non-Javadoc comments with >
2135 :let g:java_comment_strings = 1
2136
Aliaksei Budavei2750b832024-08-22 21:09:32 +02002137When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax", blocks of code and multi-line comments
2138will be folded. No text is usually written in the first line of a multi-line
2139comment, making folded contents of Javadoc comments less informative with the
2140default 'foldtext' value; you may opt for showing the contents of a second
2141line for any comments written in this way, and showing the contents of a first
2142line otherwise, with >
2143 :let g:java_foldtext_show_first_or_second_line = 1
2144
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002145Trailing whitespace characters or a run of space characters before a tab
2146character can be marked as an error with >
2147 :let g:java_space_errors = 1
2148but either kind of an error can be suppressed by also defining one of >
2149 :let g:java_no_trail_space_error = 1
2150 :let g:java_no_tab_space_error = 1
2151
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002152In order to highlight nested parens with different colors, define colors for
2153`javaParen`, `javaParen1`, and `javaParen2`. For example, >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002154 :hi link javaParen Comment
2155or >
2156 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2157
Aliaksei Budavei5e95c8f2024-09-15 19:53:50 +02002158Certain modifiers are incompatible with each other, e.g. `abstract` and
2159`final`: >
2160 :syn list javaConceptKind
2161and can be differently highlighted as a group than other modifiers with >
2162 :hi link javaConceptKind NonText
2163
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002164If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002165when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "g:java_minlines" variable to
2166a larger number: >
2167 :let g:java_minlines = 50
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002168This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2169displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2170number is that redrawing can become slow.
2171
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002172Significant changes to the Java platform are gradually introduced in the form
2173of JDK Enhancement Proposals (JEPs) that can be implemented for a release and
2174offered as its preview features. It may take several JEPs and a few release
2175cycles for such a feature to become either integrated into the platform or
2176withdrawn from this effort. To cater for early adopters, there is optional
2177support in Vim for syntax related preview features that are implemented. You
2178can request it by specifying a list of preview feature numbers as follows: >
Aliaksei Budavei23079452024-09-19 18:22:58 +02002179 :let g:java_syntax_previews = [455]
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002180
2181The supported JEP numbers are to be drawn from this table:
2182 `430`: String Templates [JDK 21]
Aliaksei Budavei23079452024-09-19 18:22:58 +02002183 `455`: Primitive types in Patterns, instanceof, and switch
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002184
2185Note that as soon as the particular preview feature will have been integrated
2186into the Java platform, its entry will be removed from the table and related
2187optionality will be discontinued.
2188
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002189
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002190JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax* *g:vim_json_conceal*
2191 *g:vim_json_warnings*
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002192
2193The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2194default. To disable concealment: >
2195 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2196
2197To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2198 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2199
2200
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002201JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2202
2203To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2204 hi link jqNumber Normal
2205
2206If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2207 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2208
2209
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002210LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002211
2212Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2213style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2214define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2215 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2216
2217
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002218LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002219
2220Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2221gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2222 :syn sync minlines=300
2223may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2224difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2225
2226
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002227LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2228
2229To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2230
2231 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2232<
2233
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002234LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2235
2236The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2237
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002238 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002239 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2240 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002241 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002242 of parenthesization will receive different
2243 highlighting.
2244<
2245The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2246the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2247colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2248specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002249usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002250highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2251
2252
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002253LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002254
2255There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2256
2257If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2258
2259 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2260
2261For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2262set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2263
2264 :let lite_minlines = 200
2265
2266
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002267LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002268
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002269LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002270file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2271users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2272should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2273
2274 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2275
2276If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002277modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002278
2279 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2280
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002281For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002282
2283 // vim:set ft=c:
2284
2285If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2286
2287There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002288used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002289and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002290assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002291you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2292
2293 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2294
2295For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2296
2297 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2298
2299For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2300
2301 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2302
2303For uLPC series of LPC:
2304uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2305instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2306
2307
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002308LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002309
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002310The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002311the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2312lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020023135.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002314
2315 :let lua_version = 5
2316 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002317
2318
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002319MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002320
2321Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002322quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002323signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2324whitespaces and end with a newline.
2325
2326Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002327as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002328only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2329
2330By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002331displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002332with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2333
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002334 :let mail_minlines = 30
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002335
2336
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002337MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002338
2339In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2340errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2341feature off by using: >
2342
2343 :let make_no_commands = 1
2344
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002345Comments are also highlighted by default. You can turn this off by using: >
2346
2347 :let make_no_comments = 1
2348
2349Microsoft Makefile handles variable expansion and comments differently
2350(backslashes are not used for escape). If you see any wrong highlights
2351because of this, you can try this: >
2352
2353 :let make_microsoft = 1
2354
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002355
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002356MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002357
2358Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2359supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2360The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2361highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2362
2363 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2364
2365to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2366choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
23671, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2368$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2369
2370 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2371 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2372 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2373 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2374 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2375 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2376 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2377 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2378 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2379
2380
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002381MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax* *g:markdown_minlines*
2382 *g:markdown_fenced_languages* *g:markdown_syntax_conceal*
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002383
2384If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2385slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002386the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002387
2388 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2389
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002390If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2391documents you can enable like this: >
2392
2393 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2394
2395To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2396
2397 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2398
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002399
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002400MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002401
2402Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2403have the following in your .vimrc: >
2404
2405 let filetype_m = "mma"
2406
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002407MEDIAWIKI *ft-mediawiki-syntax*
2408
Stanislav Asunkindd36d6c2024-08-14 14:43:30 +02002409By default, syntax highlighting includes basic HTML tags like style and
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002410headers |html.vim|. For strict Mediawiki syntax highlighting: >
2411
2412 let g:html_no_rendering = 1
2413
2414If HTML highlighting is desired, terminal-based text formatting such as bold
2415and italic is possible by: >
2416
2417 let g:html_style_rendering = 1
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002418
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002419MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2420
2421Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2422dialect.
2423
2424The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2425
2426 taggedComment :=
2427 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2428 ;
2429
2430 dialectTag :=
2431 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2432 ;
2433
2434 reserved words
2435 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2436
2437A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2438lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2439additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2440
2441Example: >
2442
2443 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2444 ...
2445
2446Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2447dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2448defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2449
2450Example: >
2451
2452 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2453
2454
2455Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2456variables.
2457
2458Variable Highlight ~
2459*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2460*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2461*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2462
2463*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2464*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2465*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2466
2467*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2468
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002469MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002470
2471If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2472highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2473comments: >
2474
2475 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2476
2477To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2478
2479 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2480
2481To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2482'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2483
2484 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2485
2486Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2487
2488 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2489
2490To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2491
2492 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2493
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002494Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002495use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2496To enable this option: >
2497
2498 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2499
2500An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2501
2502 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2503
2504
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002505MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002506
2507There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2508
2509If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2510
2511 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2512
2513For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2514set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2515
2516 :let msql_minlines = 200
2517
2518
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002519N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2520
2521N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2522Couchbase Server databases.
2523
2524Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2525and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2526many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2527
2528
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002529NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002530
2531There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2532
2533If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2534errors, use this: >
2535
2536 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2537
2538If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2539
2540
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002541NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002542
2543The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2544activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2545can use them.
2546
2547For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002548processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002549features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2550|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002551
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002552 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002553
2554Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2555Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2556there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002557you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002558can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2559native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2560\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2561accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2562environments.
2563
2564In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2565follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2566
25671. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2568
25692. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2570 exclamation mark, etc.
2571
25723. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2573 carriage return.
2574
2575The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2576algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2577
2578Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2579furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2580vertical space input will be output as is.
2581
2582Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2583than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2584practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002585marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002586need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002587spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2588
2589 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2590
2591Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2592with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2593highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002594"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002595
2596 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2597 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2598 \ gui=reverse,bold
2599
2600If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2601with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2602file: >
2603
2604 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2605
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002606As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002607paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2608
2609Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2610groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2611
2612
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002613OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002614
2615The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2616.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2617
2618 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2619
2620you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2621by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2622
2623 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2624
2625prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2626contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2627
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002628PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2629
2630By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2631Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002632To do so, set the *g:filetype_md* var: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002633
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002634 :let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002635
2636The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2637
2638 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2639
2640To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2641
2642 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2643
2644This is a list of the rules wich can be used here:
2645
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002646 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002647 - image
2648 - block
2649 - subscript
2650 - superscript
2651 - strikeout
2652 - atx
2653 - codeblock_start
2654 - codeblock_delim
2655 - footnote
2656 - definition
2657 - list
2658 - newline
2659 - dashes
2660 - ellipses
2661 - quotes
2662 - inlinecode
2663 - inlinemath
2664
2665You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2666footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2667
2668 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2669
2670To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2671
2672 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2673
2674Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2675Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2676and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2677
2678 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2679
2680Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2681specified. Default = 1 >
2682
2683 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2684
2685For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds. This is a
2686list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't match, you
2687can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
2688
2689 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2690
2691To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2692
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002693 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002694
2695"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2696you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2697
2698To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2699
2700 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2701
2702Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2703Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2704
2705 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2706
2707The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2708
2709 :PandocHighlight LANG
2710
2711Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2712syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2713
2714 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2715
2716Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002717
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002718PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002719
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002720The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002721and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002722as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2723sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002724you set the variable: >
2725
2726 :let papp_include_html=1
2727
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002728in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002729sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002730edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002731
2732The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2733http://papp.plan9.de.
2734
2735
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002736PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002737
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002738Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2739could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2740or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002741
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002742 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2743 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002744
2745The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2746provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002747Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002748enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2749following line to your startup file: >
2750
2751 :let pascal_traditional=1
2752
2753To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2754keywords, etc): >
2755
2756 :let pascal_delphi=1
2757
2758
2759The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2760*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2761operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2762
2763 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2764
2765Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2766
2767 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2768
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002769Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002770pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2771match Turbo Pascal. >
2772
2773 :let pascal_gpc=1
2774
2775or >
2776
2777 :let pascal_fpc=1
2778
2779To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2780pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2781
2782 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2783
2784If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2785will be highlighted as Error. >
2786
2787 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2788
2789
2790
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002791PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002792
2793There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2794
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002795Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2796to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2797files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002798
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002799 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002800
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002801To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002802off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002803
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002804To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2805from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002806
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002807 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002808
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002809(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2810enabled it.)
2811
2812If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2813
2814 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2815
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002816(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002817
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002818The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2819be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002820perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2821
2822 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2823 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2824 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2825
2826(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2827
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002828The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002829synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2830If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002831then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2832you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002833
2834One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2835
2836 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2837 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2838
2839Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2840its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2841
2842 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2843
2844If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2845
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002846 :let perl_fold = 1
2847
2848If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2849
2850 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002851
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002852Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2853this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002854
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002855 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002856
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002857Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2858via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002859
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002860 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2861
2862Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2863behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2864
2865 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002867PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002868
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002869[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002870it has been renamed to "php"]
2871
2872There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2873
2874If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2875
2876 let php_sql_query = 1
2877
2878For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2879
2880 let php_baselib = 1
2881
2882Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2883
2884 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2885
2886Using the old colorstyle: >
2887
2888 let php_oldStyle = 1
2889
2890Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2891
2892 let php_asp_tags = 1
2893
2894Disable short tags: >
2895
2896 let php_noShortTags = 1
2897
2898For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2899
2900 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2901
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002902For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002903one: >
2904
2905 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2906
2907Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2908
2909 let php_folding = 1
2910
2911Selecting syncing method: >
2912
2913 let php_sync_method = x
2914
2915x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2916x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2917x = 0 to sync from start.
2918
2919
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002920PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2921
2922TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2923variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002924see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002925
2926This syntax file has the option >
2927
2928 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2929
2930if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2931
2932
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002933PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002934
2935PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2936
2937This syntax file has the options:
2938
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002939- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002940 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002941
2942 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002943 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002944
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002945 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002946 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002947 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002948
2949 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2950
2951- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2952 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2953
2954
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002955PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002956
2957There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2958
2959If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2960
2961 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2962
2963For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2964set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2965
2966 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2967
2968
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002969POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002970
2971There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2972
2973First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2974currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2975and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2976Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2977extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2978level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2979highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2980
2981 :let postscr_level=2
2982
2983If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2984the most prevalent version currently.
2985
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002986Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002987particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2988PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2989
2990If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2991Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2992follows: >
2993
2994 :let postscr_display=1
2995
2996If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2997Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2998postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2999
3000 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
3001
3002PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
3003useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
3004cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
3005character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
3006explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
3007highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
3008
3009 :let postscr_fonts=1
3010 :let postscr_encodings=1
3011
3012There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
3013PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
3014operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
3015if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
3016operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
3017or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
3018highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
3019postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
3020
3021 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
3022<
3023
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003024 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
3025PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003026
3027This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
3028
3029In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
3030the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
3031appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
3032patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
3033"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
3034
3035For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
3036files, add the following: >
3037
3038 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
3039 \ set filetype=ptcap
3040
3041If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
3042are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
3043internal variable to a larger number: >
3044
3045 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
3046
3047(The default is 20 lines.)
3048
3049
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003050PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003051
3052Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3053doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
3054startup vimrc: >
3055 :let filetype_w = "progress"
3056The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
3057Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
3058 :let filetype_i = "progress"
3059 :let filetype_p = "progress"
3060
3061
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003062PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003063
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003064There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003065
3066For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003067 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003068
3069For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003070 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003071
3072For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003073 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
3074
3075For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
3076 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
3077or >
3078 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003079The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003080
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02003081For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003082 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003083
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09003084If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003085 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003086This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
3087unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003088
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003089If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
3090you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003091Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
3092 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003093This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
3094
3095Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
3096 You can replace 1 above with anything.
3097
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003098
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003099QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003100
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003101The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
3102based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
3103between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
3104definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
3105to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
3106be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003107
3108set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3109 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3110
3111set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3112 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3113
3114set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3115 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3116
3117Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3118commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3119
3120
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003121R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3122
3123The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3124can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3125 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3126
3127You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3128 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3129
3130enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3131braces: >
3132 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3133
3134and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3135 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3136
3137
3138R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3139
3140To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3141 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3142
3143To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3144 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3145
3146To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3147 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3148
3149By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003150language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3151highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3152is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3153behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3154and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3155 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3156 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3157 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3158 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3159 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3160
3161If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3162list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3163the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003164 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3165
3166
3167R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3168
3169To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3170 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3171
3172
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003173RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3174
3175Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003176rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003177inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3178as rasi files: .rasi.
3179
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003180READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003181
3182The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003183few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003184items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3185command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3186 let readline_has_bash = 1
3187
3188This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3189later, and part earlier) adds.
3190
3191
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003192REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3193
3194Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3195language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3196the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3197
3198
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003199RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3200
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003201Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3202select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3203syntax list.
3204
3205To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003206 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003207
3208To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3209`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3210 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003211 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3212 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003213 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003214 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003215
3216To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3217 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3218
3219To enable folding of sections: >
3220 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3221
3222Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3223
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003224
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003225REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003226
3227If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3228when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3229to a larger number: >
3230 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3231This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3232displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3233number is that redrawing can become slow.
3234
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003235Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3236comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3237your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3238>
3239 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3240
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003241
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003242RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003243
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003244 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3245 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3246 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3247 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3248 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3249
3250 *ruby_operators*
3251 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3252
3253Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3254
3255 :let ruby_operators = 1
3256<
3257 *ruby_space_errors*
3258 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3259
3260Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3261
3262 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3263<
3264This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3265as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3266"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3267spaces respectively.
3268
3269 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3270 Ruby: Folding ~
3271
3272Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3273
3274 :let ruby_fold = 1
3275<
3276This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3277buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3278filetypes.
3279
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003280Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3281"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3282
3283You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3284
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003285 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003286<
3287The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3288
3289 keyword meaning ~
3290 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3291 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3292 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003293 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003294 def "def" block
3295 class "class" block
3296 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003297 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003298 begin "begin" block
3299 case "case" block
3300 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003301 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3302 [ Array literal
3303 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3304 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003305 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003306 : Symbol
3307 # Multiline comment
3308 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003309 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3310
3311 *ruby_no_expensive*
3312 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003313
3314By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003315of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003316experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3317you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003318
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003319 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003320<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003321In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3322
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003323 *ruby_minlines*
3324
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003325If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3326scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3327the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003328
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003329 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003330<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003331Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3332largest class or module.
3333
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003334 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3335 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003336
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003337Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3338"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003339
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003340 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003341<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003342
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003343SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003344
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003345By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003346
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003347scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3348Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003349
3350
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003351SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003352
3353The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3354of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3355
3356The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3357case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003358used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003359highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3360 :let sdl_2000=1
3361
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003362This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003363keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3364 :let SDL_no_96=1
3365
3366
3367The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3368satisfied with it for my own projects.
3369
3370
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003371SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003372
3373To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003374highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003375
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003376 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3377<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003378in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3379inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3380by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3381also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3382you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3383
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003384GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3385comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3386comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3387
3388 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3389<
3390Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3391not (yet) affected by this setting.
3392
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003393Bugs:
3394
3395 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3396 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3397 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3398 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3399 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3400 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3401
3402
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003403SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003404
3405The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3406
3407The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3408This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3409closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3410defined for you)
3411
3412Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3413names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3414
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003415Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003416names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3417
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003418Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003419are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3420text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3421<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3422
3423If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3424following syntax groups:
3425
3426 - sgmlBold
3427 - sgmlBoldItalic
3428 - sgmlUnderline
3429 - sgmlItalic
3430 - sgmlLink for links
3431
3432To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3433following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3434are read during initialization) >
3435 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3436
3437You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3438vimrc file: >
3439 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3440
3441(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3442
3443
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003444 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003445SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003446
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003447This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3448shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003449
3450Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003451various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003452
3453 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3454 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3455<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003456See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3457cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3458/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3459that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3460shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3461symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003462
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003463One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003464variables in your <.vimrc>:
3465
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003466 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003467 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003468< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003469 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003470< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003471 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003472< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003473 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003474
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003475< (dash users should use posix)
3476
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003477If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3478default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003479the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3480statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003481sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003482
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003483The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3484
3485 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3486 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3487 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3488 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003489>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003490then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003491syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3492to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003493
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003494 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3495
3496If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3497when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003498to a larger number. Example: >
3499
3500 let sh_minlines = 500
3501
3502This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3503displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3504number is that redrawing can become slow.
3505
3506If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3507reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3508
3509 let sh_maxlines = 100
3510<
3511The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3512speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3513
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003514syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003515unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003516for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3517the following line in your .vimrc: >
3518
3519 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3520<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003521
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003522 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3523 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003524
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003525You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3526Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3527file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3528
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003529 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003530 " ==============
3531 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3532 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3533 unlet b:current_syntax
3534 endif
3535 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3536 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3537 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3538 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3539 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3540<
3541This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3542 awk '...awk code here...'
3543be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3544extended to other languages.
3545
3546
3547SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3548(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003549
3550The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3551
3552- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3553 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3554 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3555
3556- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3557 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003558 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003559 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3560 them in the syntax file.
3561
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003562- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003563 highlighting of # style comments.
3564
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003565 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003566 number of #s.
3567
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003568 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003569 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003570
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003571 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003572 more than one #.
3573
3574Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003575PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003576fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3577the syntax file.
3578
3579
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003580SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3581 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003582 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003583
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003584While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3585custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3586SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003587
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003588Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3589scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3590supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3591buffer by buffer basis.
3592
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003593For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003594
3595
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003596SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3597
3598Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3599designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3600bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3601with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3602
3603
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003604TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003605
3606This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3607for how the filetype is detected.
3608
3609Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003610is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3611add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003612
3613 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3614
3615If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3616when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3617to a larger number: >
3618
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003619 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003620
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003621This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3622displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3623synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3624tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3625redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003626
3627
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003628TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003629 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003630
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003631 Tex Contents~
3632 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3633 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3634 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3635 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3636 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3637 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3638 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3639 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3640 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3641 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3642 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3643 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3644 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003645 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003646 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003647
3648 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003649 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003650
3651As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3652sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3653 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3654in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3655modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3656 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003657If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003658 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003659<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003660 *g:tex_nospell*
3661 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3662
3663If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3664 let g:tex_nospell=1
3665into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3666comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3667
3668 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003669 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003670
3671Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3672prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3673this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3674 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003675If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3676see |g:tex_nospell|.
3677
3678 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003679 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003680
3681Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3682one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3683want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3684 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003685<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003686 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003687 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003688
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003689The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3690highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3691texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3692terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3693as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003694special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3695 %stopzone
3696which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3697texMathZone.
3698
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003699 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003700 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003701
3702If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3703 :syn sync maxlines=200
3704 :syn sync minlines=50
3705(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003706increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003707if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3708
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003709Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3710|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3711
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003712 *g:tex_fast*
3713
3714Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3715
3716 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3717
3718in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3719highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3720synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3721price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3722folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3723
3724You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3725selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3726
3727 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3728 c : allow texComment syntax
3729 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3730 M : allow texMath syntax
3731 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3732 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3733 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3734 S : allow texStyle syntax
3735 v : allow verbatim syntax
3736 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3737<
3738As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3739but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003740(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003741
3742 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003743 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003744
3745LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3746of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3747package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3748it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3749techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003750by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3751which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3752http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003753
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003754I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3755
3756 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3757<
3758The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3759
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003760 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003761 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003762
3763The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3764although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3765errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3766you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003767 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003768and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003769
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003770 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003771 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003772
3773If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3774code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003775 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3776You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3777(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3778As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3779 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3780You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3781and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3782The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3783has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003784
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003785 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003786 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003787
3788One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3789commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3790following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3791such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3792
3793 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3794 :set ft=tex
3795
3796Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3797always accept such use of @.
3798
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003799 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003800 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003801
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003802If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3803number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3804including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3805superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3806superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3807In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3808
3809One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3810with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003811
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003812 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003813 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3814
3815You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003816<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3817for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003818
3819 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003820 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003821 d = delimiters
3822 m = math symbols
3823 g = Greek
3824 s = superscripts/subscripts
3825<
3826By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3827substitution will not be made.
3828
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003829 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3830 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3831
3832Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3833keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3834syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3835
3836 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3837 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3838 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003839 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003840 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3841 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3842 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003843 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003844
3845 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3846 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3847
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003848 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3849 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3850
3851 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3852
3853 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3854 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3855
3856 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3857 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3858 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3859 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3860
3861 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3862 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3863<
3864 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3865 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3866 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3867< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3868 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3869
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003870 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3871 Tex: Match Check Control~
3872
3873 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003874 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3875 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003876 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3877 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3878 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3879< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3880 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3881 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3882< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3883 regions, >
3884 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3885< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003886
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003887TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003888
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003889There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3890
3891For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3892set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3893
3894 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3895<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003896TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
3897 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
3898
3899There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3900
3901 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3902When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3903are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3904
3905 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3906<
3907The default value is 1.
3908
Gregory Anders1cc4cae2024-07-15 20:00:48 +02003909TYPST *ft-typst-syntax*
3910
3911 *g:typst_embedded_languages*
3912Typst files can embed syntax highlighting for other languages by setting the
3913|g:typst_embedded_languages| variable. This variable is a list of language
3914names whose syntax definitions will be included in Typst files. Example: >
3915
3916 let g:typst_embedded_languages = ['python', 'r']
3917
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003918VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3919 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003920There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003921updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3922g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3923improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003924
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003925 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3926 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3927<
3928 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3929 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003930
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003931 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3932The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3933embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003934
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003935 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003936 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
3937 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
3938 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
3939 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
3940 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
3941 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003942<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003943By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003944itself supports. Concatenate the indicated characters to support multiple
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003945types of embedded interpreters (e.g., g:vimsyn_embed = "mp" supports embedded
3946mzscheme and embedded perl).
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003947 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003948Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003949
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003950 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3951 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3952 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003953 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
3954 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9-script legacy headers
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003955 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua script
3956 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme script
3957 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl script
3958 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python script
3959 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby script
3960 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003961<
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003962
3963By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset. Concatenate the indicated characters
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003964to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
3965g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003966
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003967 *g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
3968By default, strings are highlighted inside comments. This may be disabled by
3969setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
3970
3971 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003972Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3973is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003974highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003975
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003976 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3977<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003978
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003979
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003980WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3981
3982The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3983with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3984bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3985https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3986
3987
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003988XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003989
3990The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3991variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3992You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3993xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3994your .vimrc. Example: >
3995 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3996When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3997
3998Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3999"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
4000highlighted.
4001
4002
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004003XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004004
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004005Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004006setting a global variable: >
4007
4008 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
4009<
4010 *xml-folding*
4011The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004012start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004013
4014 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
4015 :set foldmethod=syntax
4016
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01004017Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004018especially for large files.
4019
4020
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004021X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004022
4023xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
4024XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
4025you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
4026
4027To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
4028somewhere else with "P".
4029
4030Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
4031 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00004032 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004033 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00004034 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
4035 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004036 :endfunction
4037 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
4038 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
4039This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
4040It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
4041must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
4042
4043It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
4044 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
4045
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004046
4047YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
4048
4049 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004050A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
4051non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
4052plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
4053and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
4054integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004055will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
4056
4057Schema Description ~
4058failsafe No additional highlighting.
4059json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
4060core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004061pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
4062 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
4063 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004064 schema.
4065
4066Default schema is `core`.
4067
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004068Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
4069only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004070difference defined in the syntax file.
4071
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01004072
4073ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
4074
4075The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
4076
4077 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
4078
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004079==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010040806. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004081
4082Vim understands three types of syntax items:
4083
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040841. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01004085 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
4086 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
4087 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
4088 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
4089 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
4090 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004091
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040922. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004093 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
4094
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040953. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004096 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
4097 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
4098 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
4099
4100Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
4101you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
4102to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
4103and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
4104"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
4105one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
4106This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
4107each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
4108for a lot of groups.
4109
4110Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
4111group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
4112for the syntax group with the same name.
4113
4114In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
4115defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
4116using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
4117match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
4118keyword with ignoring case.
4119
4120
4121PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
4122
4123When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
4124
41251. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
4126 defined last has priority.
41272. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
41283. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
4129 start in later positions.
4130
4131
4132DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
4133
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004134:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004135 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
4136 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
4137 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4138 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4139
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004140:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004141 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004142
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004143
4144DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4145
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004146:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4147:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004148 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4149 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4150
4151 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4152 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4153
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004154 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004155 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4156 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4157 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4158
4159:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004160 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4161 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004162
4163 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4164
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004165SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4166
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004167:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4168:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4169:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004170 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4171 in a syntax item:
4172
4173 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4174 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4175 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4176
4177 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4178 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4179 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4180
4181 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4182
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004183:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004184 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4185 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004186
4187
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004188SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4189
4190:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4191 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4192 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4193
4194 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4195 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004196 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004197
4198 Example: >
4199 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4200<
4201 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4202 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4203 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4204
4205 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4206
4207 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004208 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004209 match.
4210
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004211 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4212 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004213 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004214
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004215DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4216
4217:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4218
4219 This defines a number of keywords.
4220
4221 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4222 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4223 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4224
4225 Example: >
4226 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4227<
4228 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4229 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4230 These examples do exactly the same: >
4231 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4232 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4233 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004234< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004235 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4236 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4237 variations at once: >
4238 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4239<
4240 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4241 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4242 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4243 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4244 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004245 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004246
4247 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4248 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4249 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4250
4251 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4252 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4253 instead.
4254
4255 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4256
4257 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4258 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4259 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004260 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004261 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4262 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4263< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4264 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4265 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4266
4267
4268DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4269
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004270:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4271 [excludenl]
4272 [keepend]
4273 {pattern}
4274 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004275
4276 This defines one match.
4277
4278 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4279 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4280 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4281 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4282 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004283 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4284 match with the end pattern. See
4285 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004286 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4287 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4288 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4289 line, which makes the match depend on where
4290 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4291 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4292
4293 Example (match a character constant): >
4294 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4295<
4296
4297DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4298 *E398* *E399*
4299:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4300 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4301 [keepend]
4302 [extend]
4303 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004304 start={start-pattern} ..
4305 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4306 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004307 [{options}]
4308
4309 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4310
4311 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4312 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4313 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4314 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4315 for the text in between the matched start and
4316 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4317 a different group for the start or end match.
4318 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4319 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4320 match with the end pattern. See
4321 |:syn-keepend|.
4322 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004323 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004324 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4325 extend a containing match or item. Only
4326 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4327 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004328 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004329 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004330 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004331 the region where not to look for the end
4332 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004333 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004334 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4335
4336 Example: >
4337 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4338<
4339 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4340 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4341 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4342 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4343 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4344 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4345
4346 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4347 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4348 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4349 the end patterns.
4350
4351 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4352 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4353 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4354
4355 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4356 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4357 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4358 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4359
4360 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4361 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4362 work: >
4363 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4364 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4365< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4366 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4367 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4368 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4369 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4370< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4371 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4372
4373 *:syn-keepend*
4374 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4375 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4376 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4377 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4378 { starts outer "{}" region
4379 { starts contained "{}" region
4380 } ends contained "{}" region
4381 } ends outer "{} region
4382 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4383 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4384 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4385 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4386 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4387 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4388 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4389< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4390 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4391
4392 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4393 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4394 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4395 contained matches.
4396 *:syn-extend*
4397 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4398 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4399 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4400 extended.
4401 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4402 others don't. Example: >
4403
4404 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4405 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4406 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4407
4408< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4409 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4410 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4411
4412 Another example: >
4413 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4414< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4415 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4416 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4417 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4418 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4419
4420 *:syn-excludenl*
4421 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4422 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4423 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4424 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4425 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4426 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4427 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4428 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4429 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4430 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4431 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4432 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4433 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4434
4435 *:syn-matchgroup*
4436 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4437 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4438 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4439< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4440 between with the "String" group.
4441 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4442 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4443 using a matchgroup.
4444
4445 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4446 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4447 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4448 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4449 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4450
4451 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4452 different colors: >
4453 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4454 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4455 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4456 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4457 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4458 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004459<
4460 *E849*
4461The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004462
4463==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044647. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004465
4466The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4467The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4468and may be mixed with patterns.
4469
4470Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4471can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004472 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004473 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4474:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4475:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4476:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004477
4478These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004479 conceal
4480 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004481 contained
4482 containedin
4483 nextgroup
4484 transparent
4485 skipwhite
4486 skipnl
4487 skipempty
4488
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004489conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4490
4491When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004492Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004493'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4494concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4495edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004496
4497Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4498bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004499
4500concealends *:syn-concealends*
4501
4502When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4503the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4504Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4505'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004506in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4507|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4508items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004509
4510cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004511 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004512The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4513when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4514argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004515character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4516a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004517 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004518See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004519
4520contained *:syn-contained*
4521
4522When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4523the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4524another match. Example: >
4525 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4526 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4527
4528
4529display *:syn-display*
4530
4531If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4532detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4533by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4534to be displayed.
4535
4536Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4537conditions:
4538- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4539 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4540 line.
4541- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4542 make it continue on the next line.
4543- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4544 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4545 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4546- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4547 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4548 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4549 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4550
4551Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4552- match with a number
4553- match with a label
4554
4555
4556transparent *:syn-transparent*
4557
4558If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4559itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4560is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4561only to skip over a part of the text.
4562
4563The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4564unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4565avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4566highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4567 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4568 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4569 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4570 :hi link myString String
4571 :hi link myWord Comment
4572Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4573match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4574argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4575it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4576out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004577"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004578happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4579position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4580
4581When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4582items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4583see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4584through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4585
4586 look from here
4587
4588 | | | | | |
4589 V V V V V V
4590
4591 xxxx yyy more contained items
4592 .................... contained item (transparent)
4593 ============================= first item
4594
4595The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4596transparent group.
4597
4598What you see is:
4599
4600 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4601
4602Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4603
4604
4605oneline *:syn-oneline*
4606
4607The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4608boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4609region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4610the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4611continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4612line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4613
4614When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4615pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4616end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4617means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4618be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4619line break.
4620
4621
4622fold *:syn-fold*
4623
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004624The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004625Example: >
4626 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4627 :syn sync fromstart
4628 :set foldmethod=syntax
4629This will make each {} block form one fold.
4630
4631The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4632ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4633The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004634See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4635from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004636{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4637
4638
4639 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004640contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004641
4642The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4643groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4644containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4645regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4646this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4647here.
4648
4649contains=ALL
4650 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4651 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4652
4653contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4654 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4655 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4656 are listed. Example: >
4657 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4658
4659contains=TOP
4660 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4661 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4662 argument.
4663contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4664 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4665
4666contains=CONTAINED
4667 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4668 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4669 argument.
4670contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4671 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4672 listed.
4673
4674
4675The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4676that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4677The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4678 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4679The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4680that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4681command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4682syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4683the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4684group names.
4685
4686The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4687region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4688|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4689region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4690area that is highlighted
4691
4692
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004693containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004694
4695The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4696item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4697containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4698
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004699The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004700
4701This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4702be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4703of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4704the C syntax: >
4705 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4706Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4707level.
4708
4709Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4710appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4711keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4712work.
4713
4714
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004715nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004716
4717The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4718separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4719
4720If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4721tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4722a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4723will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4724current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4725other groups. Example: >
4726 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4727 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4728 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4729
4730This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4731"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4732highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4733
4734 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4735 fff bbb fff bbb
4736
4737Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4738when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4739highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4740would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4741
4742
4743skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4744skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4745skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4746
4747These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4748used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004749 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004750 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4751 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4752
4753When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4754next group that matches the white space.
4755
4756When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4757line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4758line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4759the current item in the same line.
4760
4761When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4762groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4763for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4764space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4765
4766Example: >
4767 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4768 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4769 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4770Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4771match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4772precedence.
4773Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4774"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4775example).
4776
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004777IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4778
4779:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4780 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4781 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4782 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4783 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4784 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4785 given explicitly.
4786
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004787:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004788 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004789
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004790==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010047918. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004792
4793In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4794characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4795use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4796use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4797 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4798 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4799
4800See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004801always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004802value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4803not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4804independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4805
4806Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4807This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4808
4809 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4810The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4811change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4812match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4813are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4814pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4815
4816The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4817The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4818
4819ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4820me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4821hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4822he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4823rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4824re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4825lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4826
4827The {offset} can be:
4828
4829s start of the matched pattern
4830s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4831s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4832e end of the matched pattern
4833e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4834e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004835{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004836
4837Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4838
4839Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4840meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4841
4842 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4843match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4844region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4845region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4846region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4847
4848Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4849 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4850<
4851 some "string" text
4852 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4853
4854Notes:
4855- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4856 offset(s).
4857- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4858- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4859 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004860- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004861 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004862 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004863- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4864 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4865 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4866
4867Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4868 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4869<
4870 /* this is a comment */
4871 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4872
4873A more complicated Example: >
4874 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4875<
4876 abcfoostringbarabc
4877 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004878 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004879
4880Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4881
4882Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4883with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004884in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004885
4886The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4887be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4888cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4889characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4890used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4891specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4892
4893 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4894 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4895 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4896<
4897 ___zzzz ___wwww
4898 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4899 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4900 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4901
4902The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4903unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4904
4905
4906Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4907
4908The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4909expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4910
4911When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4912allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004913following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4914the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004915
4916The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4917continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4918matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4919halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4920previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4921is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4922 x x a
4923 b x x
4924Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4925after the "\n".
4926
4927
4928External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4929
4930These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4931
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004932 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004933 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4934 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4935 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004936
4937 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4938 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4939 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4940 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4941
4942Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4943sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4944shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4945items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4946referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4947example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4948 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4949
4950As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4951it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004952changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004953first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4954also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004955 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004956
4957Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4958indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4959to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4960Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4961within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4962sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4963the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4964
4965Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4966cannot be referred to.
4967
4968==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010049699. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004970
4971:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4972 [add={group-name}..]
4973 [remove={group-name}..]
4974
4975This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4976single name.
4977
4978 contains={group-name}..
4979 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4980 add={group-name}..
4981 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4982 remove={group-name}..
4983 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4984
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004985A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4986nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4987this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004988
4989Example: >
4990 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4991 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4992
4993As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4994retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4995to speak: >
4996 :syntax keyword A aaa
4997 :syntax keyword B bbb
4998 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4999 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
5000 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
5001
5002This also has implications for nested clusters: >
5003 :syntax keyword A aaa
5004 :syntax keyword B bbb
5005 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
5006 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
5007 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
5008 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
5009 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005010<
5011 *E848*
5012The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005013
5014==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100501510. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005016
5017It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
5018a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
5019two different ways:
5020
5021 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5022 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
5023 the |:runtime| command: >
5024
5025 " In cpp.vim:
5026 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
5027 :unlet b:current_syntax
5028
5029< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5030 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
5031 ":syntax include" command:
5032
5033:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
5034
5035 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
5036 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
5037 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
5038 that list. >
5039
5040 " In perl.vim:
5041 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
5042 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
5043<
5044 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
5045 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
5046 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
5047 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
5048 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01005049 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
5050 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005051
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005052 *E847*
5053The maximum number of includes is 999.
5054
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005055==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100505611. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005057
5058Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
5059make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
5060redrawing starts.
5061
5062:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
5063
5064There are four ways to synchronize:
50651. Always parse from the start of the file.
5066 |:syn-sync-first|
50672. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
5068 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
5069 |:syn-sync-second|
50703. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
5071 |:syn-sync-third|
50724. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
5073 |:syn-sync-fourth|
5074
5075 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
5076For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
5077limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
5078
5079If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
5080that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
5081lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
5082
5083If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
5084for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
5085adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
5086slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01005087 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005088<
5089 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
5090When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
5091cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
5092start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
5093the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
5094break use this: >
5095 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
5096The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
5097change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
5098value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
5099
5100
5101First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
5102>
5103 :syntax sync fromstart
5104
5105The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
5106accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
5107so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01005108when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005109case: to the end of the file).
5110
5111Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
5112
5113
5114Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
5115
5116For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
5117Example: >
5118 :syntax sync ccomment
5119
5120When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
5121comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
5122used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
5123An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
5124 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
5125This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
5126used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
5127region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
5128
5129The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
5130lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
5131lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
5132lines, but it hard to sync on).
5133
5134Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
5135that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
5136is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
5137chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5138is hardly ever noticed.
5139
5140
5141Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5142
5143For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5144Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5145means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5146Example: >
5147 :syntax sync minlines=50
5148
5149"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5150
5151
5152Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5153
5154The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5155sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5156region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5157starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5158the search continues backwards in the file.
5159
5160This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5161matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5162- Keywords cannot be used.
5163- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5164 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5165- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5166 forwards.
5167- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5168 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5169 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005170 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005171- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5172 group of continued lines).
5173- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5174 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5175 line (or group of continued lines).
5176- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5177 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
Jon Parise947f7522024-08-03 17:40:58 +02005178 This is used when a line can contain both the start and the end of a region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005179 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5180
5181There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
51821. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5183 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5184 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5185 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
51862. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5187 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5188 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5189 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5190Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5191
5192Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5193avoid finding unwanted matches.
5194
5195[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5196search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5197highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5198faster.]
5199
5200 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5201 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5202
5203 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5204 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5205 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5206 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5207 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5208
5209 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5210 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5211
5212 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5213 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5214 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5215 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5216 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5217 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5218 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5219 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5220 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5221 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5222
5223 :syntax sync match ..
5224 :syntax sync region ..
5225
5226 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5227 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5228
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005229 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005230 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5231
5232 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5233 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5234 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5235
5236If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5237searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5238few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5239 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5240
5241You can clear all sync settings with: >
5242 :syntax sync clear
5243
5244You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5245 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5246
5247==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100524812. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005249
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005250This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005251
5252 :sy[ntax] [list]
5253
5254To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5255
5256 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5257
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005258To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005259
5260 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5261
5262See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5263
5264Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5265is mostly used, because it looks better.
5266
5267==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100526813. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005269
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005270In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005271and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5272of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005273
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005274 colorscheme pablo
5275<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005276 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005277:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5278 This is basically the same as >
5279 :echo g:colors_name
5280< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
5281 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
5282 feature it will output "unknown".
5283
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005284:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005285 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005286 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005287 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5288 "start" and then under "opt".
5289
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005290 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005291 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005292
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005293You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5294appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5295the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5296darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005297
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005298 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5299 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005300<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005301For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5302use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5303the original color scheme: >
5304 runtime colors/evening.vim
5305 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005306
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005307Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5308(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5309autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5310|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5311
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005312 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005313If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5314using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5315color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5316 augroup my_colorschemes
5317 au!
5318 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5319 augroup END
5320
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005321Change a couple more colors: >
5322 augroup my_colorschemes
5323 au!
5324 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005325 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005326 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5327 augroup END
5328
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005329If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5330colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5331 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5332 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5333
5334With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5335different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5336group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5337you can find them here:
5338https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5339
5340For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5341 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5342
5343
5344==============================================================================
534514. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5346
5347There are three types of highlight groups:
5348- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5349 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5350 linked to a group of the second type.
5351- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5352- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5353 *hitest.vim*
5354You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5355 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5356This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5357in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005358
5359:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5360 attributes set.
5361
5362:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5363 List one highlight group.
5364
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005365 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005366:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005367 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005368 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5369 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005370 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005371
5372:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5373:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5374 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5375 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5376
5377:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5378 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005379 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005380 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005381 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005382 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5383 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5384 argument.
5385
5386Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5387default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5388highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5389values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5390the default value.
5391
5392A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5393a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5394
5395 :hi Comment gui=bold
5396
5397Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5398specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5399result is like this single command has been used: >
5400 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5401<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005402 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005403When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5404also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5405 :verbose hi Comment
5406< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005407 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005408
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005409When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5410mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005411
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005412 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5413There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5414term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005415cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005416 termcap entry)
5417gui the GUI
5418
5419For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5420the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5421
54221. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5423
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005424 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005425 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5426 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5427 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005428term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005429 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005430 following items (in any order):
5431 bold
5432 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005433 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005434 underdouble not always available
5435 underdotted not always available
5436 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005437 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005438 reverse
5439 inverse same as reverse
5440 italic
5441 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005442 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005443 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5444
5445 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5446 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005447 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005448 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005449 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005450 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5451 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5452 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5453 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5454 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5455
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005456< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5457 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5458 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5459 have to specify the codes like this: >
5460 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5461 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5462 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5463< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5464 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5465 fallback.
5466
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005467
5468start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5469stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5470 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5471 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5472
5473 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5474 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5475 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5476 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5477 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5478 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5479 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5480
5481 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5482
5483 1. A string with escape sequences.
5484 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5485 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5486 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5487 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5488
5489 2. A list of terminal codes.
5490 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5491 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5492 White space is not allowed. Example:
5493 start=t_C1,t_BL
5494 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5495
5496
54972. highlight arguments for color terminals
5498
5499cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5500 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5501 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5502 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5503 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005504 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5505 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5506 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005507
5508ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5509ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005510ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5511 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5512 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5513
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005514 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5515 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5516 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5517 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5518 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5519 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5520
5521 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5522 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5523 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5524 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5525 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005526 *tmux*
5527 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5528 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005529 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5530 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005531< More info at:
5532 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5533 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005534
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005535 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5536 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5537 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005538 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5539 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5540
5541 *cterm-colors*
5542 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5543 0 0 Black
5544 1 4 DarkBlue
5545 2 2 DarkGreen
5546 3 6 DarkCyan
5547 4 1 DarkRed
5548 5 5 DarkMagenta
5549 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5550 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5551 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5552 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5553 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5554 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5555 12 1* Red, LightRed
5556 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5557 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5558 15 7* White
5559
5560 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5561 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5562 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5563 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5564 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5565 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5566 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5567 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5568 a number instead of a color name.
5569
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005570 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5571 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005572 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005573 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5574 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005575
5576 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5577 colors!
5578
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005579 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5580
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005581 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5582 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5583 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5584 Example: >
5585 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5586< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005587 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5588 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5589 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5590 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5591 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005592 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005593 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005594 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005595
5596 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5597 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5598 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5599 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005600 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5601 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5602 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5603 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5604 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005605 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5606< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005607 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005608 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5609
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005610ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5611 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5612 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5613 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5614 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5615 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5616 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5617 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005618
56193. highlight arguments for the GUI
5620
5621gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5622 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5623 See |attr-list| for a description.
5624 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5625 have the same effect.
5626 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5627
5628font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5629 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5630 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5631 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5632<
5633 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5634 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5635 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5636 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005637 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005638 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5639 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5640 changed.
5641 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5642 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5643 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005644 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5645 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5646 Example: >
5647 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005648
5649guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5650guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005651guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5652 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005653 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5654 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005655 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005656 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005657 bg use normal background color
5658 background use normal background color
5659 fg use normal foreground color
5660 foreground use normal foreground color
5661 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5662 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5663 Example: >
5664 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5665<
5666 *gui-colors*
5667 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5668 Red LightRed DarkRed
5669 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5670 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5671 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5672 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5673 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5674 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5675 Black White
5676 Orange Purple Violet
5677
5678 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5679 |win32-colors|.
5680
5681 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5682 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5683 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005684 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005685 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005686 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005687 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005688<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005689 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005690 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5691 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005692
5693 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5694 # override it.
5695 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5696 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5697<
5698 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5699 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5700 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5701 scheme: >
5702
5703 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5704 colorscheme alt
5705<
5706 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5707 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5708 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5709 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5710 by a color scheme using: >
5711
5712 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5713 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5714<
5715
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005716 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5717These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5718'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5719of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5720command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005721When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5722unreadable use Visual selection.
5723
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005724 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005725ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005726 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005727Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5728 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005729 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005730Cursor Character under the cursor.
5731lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5732 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005733 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005734CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005735 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005736CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005737 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005738CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005739 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005740Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005741 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005742DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005743 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005744DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005745 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005746DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005747 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005748DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005749 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005750EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005751 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005752 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005753ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005754 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005755VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005756 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005757Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005758 *hl-FoldColumn*
5759FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5760 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005761SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005762 *hl-IncSearch*
5763IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005764 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005765 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005766LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005767 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005768 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5769LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5770 option is set, above the cursor line.
5771 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5772LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5773 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005774 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005775CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5776 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005777 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5778CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005779 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5780CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005781 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005782MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005783 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005784 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005785MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5786 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005787 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005788ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005789 *hl-MsgArea*
5790MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5791 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005792 *hl-MoreMsg*
5793MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5794 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005795NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5796 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5797 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5798 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5799 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005800 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005801Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005802 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005803Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005804 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005805PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005806 *hl-PmenuKind*
5807PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5808 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5809PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5810 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5811PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5812 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5813PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005814 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005815PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005816 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5817PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005818 *hl-PmenuMatch*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005819PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005820 *hl-PmenuMatchSel*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005821PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005822 *hl-PopupNotification*
5823PopupNotification
5824 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5825 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005826 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005827Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005828 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5829QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005830 *hl-Search*
5831Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005832 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005833 *hl-CurSearch*
5834CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005835 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5836 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005837 *hl-SpecialKey*
5838SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5839 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005840 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005841 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005842 *hl-SpellBad*
5843SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5844 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005845 *hl-SpellCap*
5846SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5847 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005848 *hl-SpellLocal*
5849SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5850 used in another region. |spell|
5851 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5852 *hl-SpellRare*
5853SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5854 hardly ever used. |spell|
5855 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005856 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005857StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005858 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5859StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005860 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005861 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005862 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005863StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005864 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005865StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5866 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005867 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005868TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005869 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005870TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005871 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005872TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005873 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005874Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005875 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005876Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005877 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005878Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005879 *hl-VisualNOS*
5880VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5881 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5882 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005883WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005884 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005885WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005886
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005887 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005888The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005889statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005890
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005891For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005892scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5893Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5894and guifg.
5895
5896 *hl-Menu*
5897Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5898 Also used for the toolbar.
5899 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5900
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005901 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005902 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5903 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5904 set.
5905
5906 *hl-Scrollbar*
5907Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5908 scrollbars.
5909 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5910
5911 *hl-Tooltip*
5912Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5913 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5914
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005915 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005916 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5917 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5918 set.
5919
5920==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100592115. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005922
5923When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5924can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5925group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5926
5927To set a link:
5928
5929 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5930
5931To remove a link:
5932
5933 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5934
5935Notes: *E414*
5936- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5937 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5938- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5939 removed.
5940- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5941 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5942 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5943 links for groups that already have settings.
5944
5945 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5946The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5947group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5948will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5949
5950Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5951specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5952 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5953If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5954 :highlight link cComment Question
5955Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5956overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5957
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005958To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5959highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5960another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5961"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5962 highlight! default link cComment Question
5963
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005964==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100596516. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005966
5967If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5968command: >
5969 :syntax clear
5970
5971This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5972or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5973in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5974load the syntax file.
5975The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5976loaded after this command.
5977
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005978To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5979 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5980This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5981
5982To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5983 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5984This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5985
5986 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005987If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5988the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5989 :syntax off
5990
5991What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5992 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5993See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5994$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5995
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005996 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5997If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5998defaults back: >
5999
6000 :syntax reset
6001
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02006002It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
6003affects the highlighting.
6004
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006005This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
6006
6007Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
6008back to their Vim default.
6009Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
6010scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
6011
6012What this actually does is: >
6013
6014 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
6015 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
6016
6017Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
6018
6019 *syncolor*
6020If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
6021script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
6022'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
6023the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
6024reset" command.
6025
6026For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
6027
6028 if &background == "light"
6029 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
6030 else
6031 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
6032 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006033<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00006034 *E679*
6035Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
6036'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
6037endless loop.
6038
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006039Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
6040your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
6041depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
6042
6043 *syntax_cmd*
6044The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
6045syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006046 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006047 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006048 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
6049 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
6050 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006051 the colors.
6052 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
6053 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
6054 them.
6055
6056==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100605717. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006058
6059If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
6060mappings.
6061
6062 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
6063 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
6064>
6065 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
6066 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
6067
6068WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
6069memory Vim will consume.
6070
6071Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006072must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
6073at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006074
6075Put these lines in your Makefile:
6076
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006077# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006078types: types.vim
6079types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006080 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006081 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
6082 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
6083
6084And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
6085
6086 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006087 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006088 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006089 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006090 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
6091
6092==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100609318. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006094
6095Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
6096possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
6097private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
6098with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
6099highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
6100italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
6101
6102To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
6103windows on the buffer: >
6104 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006105< *w:current_syntax*
6106This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
6107"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
6108restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
6109"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
6110"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01006111Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006112
6113Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006114on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02006115syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006116same buffer.
6117
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006118A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
6119is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
6120When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006121
6122==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100612319. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006124
6125Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
6126default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
6127 :if &term =~ "xterm"
6128 : if has("terminfo")
6129 : set t_Co=8
6130 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
6131 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
6132 : else
6133 : set t_Co=8
6134 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6135 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6136 : endif
6137 :endif
6138< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6139
6140You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
6141e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6142
6143Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6144be wrong.
6145 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6146The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6147But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6148 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6149 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6150<
6151 *colortest.vim*
6152To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006153To use it, execute this command: >
6154 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006155
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006156Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006157output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6158at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6159colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6160
6161 *xfree-xterm*
6162To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006163included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006164at: >
6165 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6166Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6167termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6168supports. >
6169 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6170If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6171(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6172
6173This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6174 :if has("terminfo")
6175 : set t_Co=16
6176 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6177 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6178 :else
6179 : set t_Co=16
6180 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6181 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6182 :endif
6183< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6184
6185Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6186translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6187Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6188
6189For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6190
6191 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6192 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6193
6194Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6195and try if that works.
6196
6197You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6198 XTerm*color0: #000000
6199 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6200 XTerm*color2: #008000
6201 XTerm*color3: #808000
6202 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6203 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6204 XTerm*color6: #008080
6205 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6206 XTerm*color8: #808080
6207 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6208 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6209 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6210 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6211 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6212 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6213 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6214 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6215
6216[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6217cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006218newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006219
6220To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6221Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6222 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6223<
6224 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6225To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6226Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6227these resources:
6228 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6229 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6230 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6231 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6232
6233 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006234These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006235foreground colors: >
6236 :if has("terminfo")
6237 : set t_Co=8
6238 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6239 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6240 :else
6241 : set t_Co=8
6242 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6243 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6244 :endif
6245< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6246
6247 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6248These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6249emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6250bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6251 :set t_Co=16
6252 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6253 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6254<
6255 *TTpro-telnet*
6256These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6257open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6258 set t_Co=16
6259 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6260 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6261Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6262that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6263(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6264
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006265
6266==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100626720. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006268
6269This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6270
6271If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6272faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6273as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6274
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006275Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006276You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6277
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006278To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6279sequence: >
6280 :syntime on
6281 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6282 :syntime report
6283
6284This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6285it took to match them against the text.
6286
6287:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6288 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6289 matching.
6290
6291:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6292
6293:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6294
6295:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6296 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6297 the output.
6298
6299 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6300 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6301 matching this pattern.
6302 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6303 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6304 matched
6305 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6306 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6307 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6308 this is not unique.
6309 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6310
6311Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6312include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6313pattern does NOT match.
6314
6315When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6316all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6317literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6318
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006319"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006320 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006321"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006322
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006323
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006324 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: